blob: 490f338d38fe9df6c4c58c38b84c71f66d7ff72e [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000015#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000018#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000019#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000021#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000022#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000023#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000024#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000028#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000029#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
30
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000031using namespace clang;
32
33enum FloatingRank {
34 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
35};
36
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000037ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +000038 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000039 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000040 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000041 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
42 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000043 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000044 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
45 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000046 LoadedExternalComments(false), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000047 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000048 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000049 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
50 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +000051 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000052 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000053 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000054 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000055}
56
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000057ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
58 // Deallocate all the types.
59 while (!Types.empty()) {
Ted Kremenek4b05b1d2008-05-21 16:38:54 +000060 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000061 Types.pop_back();
62 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000063
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000064 {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000065 llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
66 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end();
67 while (I != E)
68 Deallocate(&*I++);
69 }
70
71 {
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000072 llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
73 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end();
74 while (I != E) {
75 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
76 delete R;
77 }
78 }
79
80 {
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +000081 llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
82 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end();
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000083 while (I != E) {
84 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
85 delete R;
86 }
87 }
88
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000089 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000090 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
91 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000092 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
93 NNS != NNSEnd;
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000094 /* Increment in loop */)
95 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000096
97 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
98 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
99
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000100 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000101}
102
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000104ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
105 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
106}
107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000108void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
109 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
110 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000111
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000112 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000114#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
115#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
116 0 // Extra
117 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000118
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000119 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
120 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000121 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000122 }
123
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000124 unsigned Idx = 0;
125 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
126#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
127 if (counts[Idx]) \
128 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
129 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
130 ++Idx;
131#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
132#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000133
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000134 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000135
136 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
137 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
138 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
139 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000140}
141
142
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000143void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000144 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000145 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000146 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000147}
148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000149void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
150 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000151
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000152 // C99 6.2.5p19.
153 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000154
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000155 // C99 6.2.5p2.
156 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
157 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000158 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000159 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
160 else
161 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
162 // C99 6.2.5p4.
163 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
164 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
165 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
166 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
167 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000168
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000169 // C99 6.2.5p6.
170 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
171 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
172 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
173 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
174 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000176 // C99 6.2.5p10.
177 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
178 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
179 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000180
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000181 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
182 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
183 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
184
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000185 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
186 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
187 else // C99
188 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000189
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000190 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
191 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
192 else // C99
193 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
194
195 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
196 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
197 else // C99
198 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
199
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000200 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000201 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
202
203 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
204 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
205 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
206 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
207 // expressions.
208 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000209
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000211 // not yet been deduced.
212 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000213
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000214 // C99 6.2.5p11.
215 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
216 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
217 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000219 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000220
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000221 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
222 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
223 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000224 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000225
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000226 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000227 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
228 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000229 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000230
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000231 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000232
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000233 // void * type
234 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000235
236 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
237 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000238}
239
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000240MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000241ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000242 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000243 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000244 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
245 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
246 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000247
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000248 return Pos->second;
249}
250
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000252ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
253 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000254 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
255 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
256 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
257 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000258 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
259 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000260}
261
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000262NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000263ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000264 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000265 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
266 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000267 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000269 return Pos->second;
270}
271
272void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000273ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
274 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
275 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
276 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
277 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
278 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
279 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
280}
281
282UsingShadowDecl *
283ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
284 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
285 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
286 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
287 return 0;
288
289 return Pos->second;
290}
291
292void
293ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
294 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
295 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
296 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000297}
298
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000299FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
300 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
301 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
302 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
303 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000304
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000305 return Pos->second;
306}
307
308void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
309 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
310 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
311 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
312 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
313 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000315 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
316}
317
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000318namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000320 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
321 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000323 public:
324 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000326 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
327 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
328 }
329 };
330}
331
332/// \brief Determine whether the given comment is a Doxygen-style comment.
333///
334/// \param Start the start of the comment text.
335///
336/// \param End the end of the comment text.
337///
338/// \param Member whether we want to check whether this is a member comment
339/// (which requires a < after the Doxygen-comment delimiter). Otherwise,
340/// we only return true when we find a non-member comment.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000341static bool
342isDoxygenComment(SourceManager &SourceMgr, SourceRange Comment,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000343 bool Member = false) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000344 const char *BufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000345 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(SourceMgr.getFileID(Comment.getBegin())).first;
346 const char *Start = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getBegin());
347 const char* End = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000348
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000349 if (End - Start < 4)
350 return false;
351
352 assert(Start[0] == '/' && "Not a comment?");
353 if (Start[1] == '*' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '*'))
354 return false;
355 if (Start[1] == '/' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '/'))
356 return false;
357
358 return (Start[3] == '<') == Member;
359}
360
361/// \brief Retrieve the comment associated with the given declaration, if
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000362/// it has one.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000363const char *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) {
364 if (!D)
365 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000366
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000367 // Check whether we have cached a comment string for this declaration
368 // already.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000369 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, std::string>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000370 = DeclComments.find(D);
371 if (Pos != DeclComments.end())
372 return Pos->second.c_str();
373
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000374 // If we have an external AST source and have not yet loaded comments from
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000375 // that source, do so now.
376 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalComments) {
377 std::vector<SourceRange> LoadedComments;
378 ExternalSource->ReadComments(LoadedComments);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000379
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000380 if (!LoadedComments.empty())
381 Comments.insert(Comments.begin(), LoadedComments.begin(),
382 LoadedComments.end());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000383
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000384 LoadedExternalComments = true;
385 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000386
387 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000388 if (Comments.empty())
389 return 0;
390
391 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
392 // can't find the comment.
393 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc = D->getLocStart();
394 if (DeclStartLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclStartLoc.isFileID())
395 return 0;
396
397 // Find the comment that occurs just before this declaration.
398 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator LastComment
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000399 = std::lower_bound(Comments.begin(), Comments.end(),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000400 SourceRange(DeclStartLoc),
401 BeforeInTranslationUnit(&SourceMgr));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000402
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000403 // Decompose the location for the start of the declaration and find the
404 // beginning of the file buffer.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclStartDecomp
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000406 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclStartLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407 const char *FileBufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000408 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclStartDecomp.first).first;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000410 // First check whether we have a comment for a member.
411 if (LastComment != Comments.end() &&
412 !isa<TagDecl>(D) && !isa<NamespaceDecl>(D) &&
413 isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment, true)) {
414 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
415 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
416 if (DeclStartDecomp.first == LastCommentEndDecomp.first &&
417 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000418 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000419 LastCommentEndDecomp.second)) {
420 // The Doxygen member comment comes after the declaration starts and
421 // is on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. This
422 // is the comment we want.
423 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
425 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000426 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
427 return Result.c_str();
428 }
429 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000431 if (LastComment == Comments.begin())
432 return 0;
433 --LastComment;
434
435 // Decompose the end of the comment.
436 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
437 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000439 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
440 // aren't related.
441 if (DeclStartDecomp.first != LastCommentEndDecomp.first)
442 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000444 // Check that we actually have a Doxygen comment.
445 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment))
446 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000447
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000448 // Compute the starting line for the declaration and for the end of the
449 // comment (this is expensive).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450 unsigned DeclStartLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000451 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second);
452 unsigned CommentEndLine
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000453 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000454 LastCommentEndDecomp.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000456 // If the comment does not end on the line prior to the declaration, then
457 // the comment is not associated with the declaration at all.
458 if (CommentEndLine + 1 != DeclStartLine)
459 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000461 // We have a comment, but there may be more comments on the previous lines.
462 // Keep looking so long as the comments are still Doxygen comments and are
463 // still adjacent.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000464 unsigned ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000465 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(LastComment->getBegin()) - 1;
466 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator FirstComment = LastComment;
467 while (FirstComment != Comments.begin()) {
468 // Look at the previous comment
469 --FirstComment;
470 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Decomp
471 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000473 // If this previous comment is in a different file, we're done.
474 if (Decomp.first != DeclStartDecomp.first) {
475 ++FirstComment;
476 break;
477 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000478
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000479 // If this comment is not a Doxygen comment, we're done.
480 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *FirstComment)) {
481 ++FirstComment;
482 break;
483 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000484
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000485 // If the line number is not what we expected, we're done.
486 unsigned Line = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(Decomp.first, Decomp.second);
487 if (Line != ExpectedLine) {
488 ++FirstComment;
489 break;
490 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000491
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000492 // Set the next expected line number.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493 ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000494 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(FirstComment->getBegin()) - 1;
495 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000497 // The iterator range [FirstComment, LastComment] contains all of the
498 // BCPL comments that, together, are associated with this declaration.
499 // Form a single comment block string for this declaration that concatenates
500 // all of these comments.
501 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
502 while (FirstComment != LastComment) {
503 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompStart
504 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getBegin());
505 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompEnd
506 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
507 Result.append(FileBufferStart + DecompStart.second,
508 FileBufferStart + DecompEnd.second + 1);
509 ++FirstComment;
510 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000511
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000512 // Append the last comment line.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
514 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000515 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
516 return Result.c_str();
517}
518
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000519//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
520// Type Sizing and Analysis
521//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000522
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000523/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
524/// scalar floating point type.
525const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000526 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000527 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
528 switch (BT->getKind()) {
529 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
530 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
531 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
532 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
533 }
534}
535
Mike Stump196efbf2009-09-22 02:43:44 +0000536/// getDeclAlignInBytes - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000537/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
538/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000539/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
540/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
541unsigned ASTContext::getDeclAlignInBytes(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000542 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
543
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000544 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000545 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000546
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000547 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
548 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000549 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000550 if (RefAsPointee)
551 T = RT->getPointeeType();
552 else
553 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
554 }
555 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000556 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000557 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
558 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
559
560 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
561 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000562 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000563
564 return Align / Target.getCharWidth();
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000565}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000566
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000567/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
568/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000569///
570/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
571/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
572/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000573std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000574ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000575 uint64_t Width=0;
576 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000577 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000578#define TYPE(Class, Base)
579#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000580#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000581#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
582#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000583 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000584 break;
585
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000586 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
587 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000588 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
589 Width = 0;
590 Align = 32;
591 break;
592
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000593 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000594 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000595 Width = 0;
596 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
597 break;
598
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000599 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000600 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000602 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000603 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000604 Align = EltInfo.second;
605 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000606 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000607 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000608 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000609 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
610 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
611 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000612 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000613 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
614 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000615 if (VT->getNumElements() & (VT->getNumElements()-1)) {
616 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
617 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
618 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000619 break;
620 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000621
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000622 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000623 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000624 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000625 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000626 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
627 Width = 0;
628 Align = 8;
629 break;
630
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000631 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000632 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
633 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000634 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000635 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
636 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
637 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000638 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
640 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000641 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000642 case BuiltinType::WChar:
643 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
644 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
645 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000646 case BuiltinType::Char16:
647 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
648 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
649 break;
650 case BuiltinType::Char32:
651 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
652 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
653 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000654 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000655 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000656 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
657 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000658 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000659 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000660 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000661 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
662 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000663 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000664 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000665 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000666 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
667 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000668 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000669 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000671 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
672 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000673 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000674 case BuiltinType::Int128:
675 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
676 Width = 128;
677 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
678 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000679 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000680 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
681 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000682 break;
683 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000684 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
685 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000686 break;
687 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000688 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
689 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000690 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000691 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
692 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
693 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000695 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000696 break;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000697 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
698 // FIXME: This isn't precisely correct; the width/alignment should depend
699 // on the available types for the target
700 Width = cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)->getWidth();
Chris Lattner736166b2009-02-15 21:20:13 +0000701 Width = std::max(llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width - 1), (uint64_t)8);
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +0000702 Align = Width;
703 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000704 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000705 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000706 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000707 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000708 case Type::BlockPointer: {
709 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
710 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
711 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
712 break;
713 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000714 case Type::LValueReference:
715 case Type::RValueReference: {
716 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
717 // the pointer route.
718 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
719 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
720 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
721 break;
722 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000723 case Type::Pointer: {
724 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000725 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000726 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
727 break;
728 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000729 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000730 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000731 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000732 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
733 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000734 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
735 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000736 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
737 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000738 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000739 case Type::Complex: {
740 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
741 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000742 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000743 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000744 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000745 Align = EltInfo.second;
746 break;
747 }
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000748 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000749 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000750 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
751 Width = Layout.getSize();
752 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
753 break;
754 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000755 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000756 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000757 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
758
759 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000760 Width = 1;
761 Align = 1;
762 break;
763 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000764
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000765 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000766 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
767
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000768 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000769 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
770 Width = Layout.getSize();
771 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000772 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000773 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000774
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000775 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000776 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
777 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000778
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000779 case Type::Elaborated:
780 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
781 .getTypePtr());
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000782
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000783 case Type::Typedef: {
784 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000785 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000786 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
787 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000788 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
789 } else
790 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000791 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000792 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000793
794 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
795 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
796 .getTypePtr());
797
798 case Type::TypeOf:
799 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
800
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000801 case Type::Decltype:
802 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
803 .getTypePtr());
804
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000805 case Type::QualifiedName:
806 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000807
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000808 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000809 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000810 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
811 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
812 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
813 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
814 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
815 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000816
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000817 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000818 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000819}
820
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000821/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
822/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
823/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
824/// a data type.
825unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
826 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000827
828 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000829 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000830 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
831 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
832 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
833 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
834
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000835 return ABIAlign;
836}
837
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000838static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
839 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
840 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000841 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
842 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000843 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000844 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
845 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
846 }
847}
848
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000849void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
850 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
851 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
852 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
853 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
854}
855
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000856/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
857/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
858///
859void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
860 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars,
861 bool CollectSynthesized) {
862 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
863 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
864 Ivars.push_back(*I);
865 }
866 if (CollectSynthesized)
867 CollectSynthesizedIvars(OI, Ivars);
868}
869
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000870void ASTContext::CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD,
871 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000872 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
873 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000874 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
875 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000876
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000877 // Also look into nested protocols.
878 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
879 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
880 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P, Ivars);
881}
882
883/// CollectSynthesizedIvars -
884/// This routine collect synthesized ivars for the designated class.
885///
886void ASTContext::CollectSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
887 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000888 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
889 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000890 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
891 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
892 }
893 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
894 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
895 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
896 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
897 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
898 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD, Ivars);
899 }
900}
901
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000902/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
903/// those inherited by it.
904void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
905 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl*> &Protocols) {
906 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
907 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
908 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
909 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
910 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
911 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
912 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
913 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
914 }
915
916 // Categories of this Interface.
917 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
918 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
919 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
920 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
921 while (SD) {
922 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
923 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
924 }
925 return;
926 }
927 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
928 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
929 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
930 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
931 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
932 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
933 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
934 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
935 }
936 return;
937 }
938 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
939 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
940 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
941 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
942 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
943 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
944 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
945 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
946 }
947 return;
948 }
949}
950
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000951unsigned ASTContext::CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
952 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000953 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
954 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000955 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
956 ++count;
957
958 // Also look into nested protocols.
959 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
960 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
961 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P);
962 return count;
963}
964
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000965unsigned ASTContext::CountSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000966 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000967 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
968 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000969 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
970 ++count;
971 }
972 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
973 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
974 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
975 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
976 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
977 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD);
978 }
979 return count;
980}
981
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000982/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
983ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
984 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
985 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
986 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
987 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
988 return 0;
989}
990/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
991ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
992 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
993 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
994 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
995 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
996 return 0;
997}
998
999/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1000void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1001 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1002 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1003 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1004}
1005/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1006void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1007 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1008 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1009 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1010}
1011
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001012/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001013///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001014/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001015/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1016///
1017/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1018/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1019/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001020TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001021 unsigned DataSize) {
1022 if (!DataSize)
1023 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1024 else
1025 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001026 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001027
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001028 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1029 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1030 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1031 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001032}
1033
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001034TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001035 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001036 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001037 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1038 return DI;
1039}
1040
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001041/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
1042/// layout of the given interface.
1043///
1044/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
1045/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001046const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001047ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
1048 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar532d4da2009-05-03 13:15:50 +00001049 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
1050
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001051 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001053 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
1054 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
1055 return *Entry;
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001056
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001057 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
1058 if (Impl) {
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001059 unsigned FieldCount = D->ivar_size();
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001060 unsigned SynthCount = CountSynthesizedIvars(D);
1061 FieldCount += SynthCount;
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001062 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001063 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
1064 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
1065 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001066 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001067 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1068 }
1069
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001070 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001071 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
1072 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001073
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001074 return *NewEntry;
1075}
1076
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001077const ASTRecordLayout &
1078ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1079 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1080}
1081
1082const ASTRecordLayout &
1083ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1084 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1085}
1086
Devang Patel88a981b2007-11-01 19:11:01 +00001087/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001088/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
1089/// position information.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001090const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001091 D = D->getDefinition(*this);
1092 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001093
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001094 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001095 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
1096 // is recursive.
1097 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001098 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001099
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001101 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001102 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001103
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001104 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001105}
1106
Anders Carlssonf53df232009-12-07 04:35:11 +00001107const CXXMethodDecl *ASTContext::getKeyFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
1108 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDefinition(*this));
1109 assert(RD && "Cannot get key function for forward declarations!");
1110
1111 const CXXMethodDecl *&Entry = KeyFunctions[RD];
1112 if (!Entry)
1113 Entry = ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD);
1114 else
1115 assert(Entry == ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD) &&
1116 "Key function changed!");
1117
1118 return Entry;
1119}
1120
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001121//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1122// Type creation/memoization methods
1123//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1124
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001125QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1126 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1127 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1128
1129 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1130 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1131 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1132 void *InsertPos = 0;
1133 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1134 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1135 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1136 return T;
1137 }
1138
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001139 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001140 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1141 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1142 return T;
1143}
1144
1145QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1146 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1147 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1148
1149 QualifierCollector Quals;
1150 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1151 Quals.addVolatile();
1152
1153 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1154}
1155
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001156QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001157 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1158 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001159 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001160
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001161 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1162 // into one ExtQuals node.
1163 QualifierCollector Quals;
1164 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001165
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001166 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1167 // another one.
1168 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1169 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1170 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001171
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001172 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001173}
1174
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001175QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001176 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001177 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001178 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001179 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001181 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001182 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001183 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001184 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1185 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1186 }
1187 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001188
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001189 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1190 // into one ExtQuals node.
1191 QualifierCollector Quals;
1192 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001193
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001194 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1195 // another one.
1196 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1197 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1198 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001199
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001200 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001201}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001202
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001203QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001204 QualType ResultType;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001205 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001206 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001207 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee);
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001208 ResultType = getPointerType(ResultType);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001209 } else if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001210 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001211 ResultType = getNoReturnType(Pointee);
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00001212 ResultType = getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001213 } else {
1214 assert (T->isFunctionType()
1215 && "can't noreturn qualify non-pointer to function or block type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001216
Benjamin Kramerbdbeeb52009-09-25 11:47:22 +00001217 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = T->getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>()) {
1218 ResultType = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), true);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001219 } else {
1220 const FunctionProtoType *F = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1221 ResultType
1222 = getFunctionType(F->getResultType(), F->arg_type_begin(),
1223 F->getNumArgs(), F->isVariadic(), F->getTypeQuals(),
1224 F->hasExceptionSpec(), F->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1225 F->getNumExceptions(), F->exception_begin(), true);
1226 }
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001227 }
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001228
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001229 return getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001230}
1231
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001232/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1233/// number with the specified element type.
1234QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1235 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1236 // structure.
1237 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1238 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001239
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001240 void *InsertPos = 0;
1241 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1242 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001243
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001244 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1245 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1246 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001247 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001248 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001249
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001250 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1251 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001252 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001253 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001254 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001255 Types.push_back(New);
1256 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1257 return QualType(New, 0);
1258}
1259
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00001260QualType ASTContext::getFixedWidthIntType(unsigned Width, bool Signed) {
1261 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, FixedWidthIntType*> &Map = Signed ?
1262 SignedFixedWidthIntTypes : UnsignedFixedWidthIntTypes;
1263 FixedWidthIntType *&Entry = Map[Width];
1264 if (!Entry)
1265 Entry = new FixedWidthIntType(Width, Signed);
1266 return QualType(Entry, 0);
1267}
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001268
1269/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1270/// the specified type.
1271QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1272 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1273 // structure.
1274 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1275 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001276
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001277 void *InsertPos = 0;
1278 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1279 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001280
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001281 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1282 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1283 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001284 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001285 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001286
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001287 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1288 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001289 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001290 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001291 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001292 Types.push_back(New);
1293 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1294 return QualType(New, 0);
1295}
1296
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001297/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001298/// a pointer to the specified block.
1299QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001300 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1301 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001302 // structure.
1303 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1304 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001306 void *InsertPos = 0;
1307 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1308 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1309 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001310
1311 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001312 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1313 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001314 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001315 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001316
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001317 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1318 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1319 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001320 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001321 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001322 BlockPointerType *New
1323 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001324 Types.push_back(New);
1325 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1326 return QualType(New, 0);
1327}
1328
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001329/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1330/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001331QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001332 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1333 // structure.
1334 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001335 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001336
1337 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001338 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1339 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001340 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001341
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001342 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1343
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001344 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1345 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1346 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001347 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1348 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1349 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001350
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001351 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001352 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1353 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001354 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001355 }
1356
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001357 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001358 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1359 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001360 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001361 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001362
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001363 return QualType(New, 0);
1364}
1365
1366/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1367/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1368QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1369 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1370 // structure.
1371 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001372 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001373
1374 void *InsertPos = 0;
1375 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1376 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1377 return QualType(RT, 0);
1378
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001379 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1380
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001381 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1382 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1383 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001384 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1385 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1386 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001387
1388 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1389 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1390 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1391 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1392 }
1393
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001394 RValueReferenceType *New
1395 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001396 Types.push_back(New);
1397 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001398 return QualType(New, 0);
1399}
1400
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001401/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1402/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001403QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001404 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1405 // structure.
1406 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1407 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1408
1409 void *InsertPos = 0;
1410 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1411 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1412 return QualType(PT, 0);
1413
1414 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1415 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1416 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001417 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001418 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1419
1420 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1421 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1422 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1423 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1424 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001425 MemberPointerType *New
1426 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001427 Types.push_back(New);
1428 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1429 return QualType(New, 0);
1430}
1431
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001432/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001433/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001434QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001435 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001436 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1437 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001438 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1439 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001440 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1441
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001442 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1443 // the target.
1444 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1445 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001446
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001447 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001448 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001449
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001450 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001451 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001452 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001453 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001454
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001455 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1456 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1457 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001458 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001459 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001460 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001461 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001462 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001463 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001464 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001465 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001466
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001467 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1468 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001469 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001470 Types.push_back(New);
1471 return QualType(New, 0);
1472}
1473
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001474/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1475/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001476QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1477 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001478 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001479 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1480 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001481 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1482 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1483
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001484 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1485 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001486
1487 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1488 Types.push_back(New);
1489 return QualType(New, 0);
1490}
1491
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001492/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1493/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001494/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001495QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1496 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001497 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001498 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1499 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001500 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1501 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001502 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1503
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001504 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001505 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
1506
1507 if (NumElts) {
1508 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1509 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1510 // initializer.
1511 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1512 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1513 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1514
1515 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1516 }
1517
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001518 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1519 if (Canon) {
1520 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1521 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001522 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1523 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1524 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001525 } else {
1526 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1527 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001528 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1529 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1530 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001531
1532 if (NumElts)
1533 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001534 } else {
1535 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1536 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1537 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001538 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1539 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1540 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001541 }
1542 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001543
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001544 Types.push_back(New);
1545 return QualType(New, 0);
1546}
1547
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001548QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1549 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1550 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1551 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001552 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001553
1554 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001555 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001556 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1557 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1558
1559 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1560 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1561 QualType Canonical;
1562
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001563 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001564 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001565 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001566
1567 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1568 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1569 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001570 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001571 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001572
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001573 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1574 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001575
1576 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1577 Types.push_back(New);
1578 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001579}
1580
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001581/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1582/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
1583QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001584 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001585
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001586 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001587 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001589 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1590 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001591 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001592 void *InsertPos = 0;
1593 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1594 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1595
1596 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1597 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1598 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001599 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001600 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001601
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001602 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1603 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001604 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001605 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001606 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1607 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001608 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1609 Types.push_back(New);
1610 return QualType(New, 0);
1611}
1612
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001613/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001614/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001615QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001616 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001617
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001618 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001619 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001620
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001621 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1622 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001623 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001624 void *InsertPos = 0;
1625 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1626 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1627
1628 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1629 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1630 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001631 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001632 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001633
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001634 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1635 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001636 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001637 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001638 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1639 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001640 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1641 Types.push_back(New);
1642 return QualType(New, 0);
1643}
1644
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001645QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001646 Expr *SizeExpr,
1647 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001648 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001649 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001650 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001651
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001652 void *InsertPos = 0;
1653 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1654 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1655 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1656 if (Canon) {
1657 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1658 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001659 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1660 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1661 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001662 } else {
1663 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1664 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001665 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1666 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1667 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001668 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1669 } else {
1670 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1671 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001672 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1673 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001674 }
1675 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001677 Types.push_back(New);
1678 return QualType(New, 0);
1679}
1680
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001681/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001682///
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001683QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001684 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1685 // structure.
1686 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001687 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001688
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001689 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001690 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001691 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001692 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001694 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001695 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001696 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001697
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001698 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001699 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1700 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001701 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001702 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001703
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001704 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1705 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001706 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001707 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001708 return QualType(New, 0);
1709}
1710
1711/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1712/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001713QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001714 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001715 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1716 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001717 const QualType *ExArray, bool NoReturn) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001718 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1719 // structure.
1720 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001721 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001722 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001723 NumExs, ExArray, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001724
1725 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001726 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001727 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001728 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001729
1730 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001731 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001732 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001733 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001734 isCanonical = false;
1735
1736 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001737 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001738 QualType Canonical;
1739 if (!isCanonical) {
1740 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1741 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1742 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001743 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001744
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001745 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001746 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001747 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
1748 false, 0, 0, NoReturn);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001749
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001750 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001751 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1752 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001753 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001754 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001755
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001756 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001757 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1758 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001759 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001760 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1761 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001762 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001763 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001764 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001765 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001766 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001767 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001768 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1769}
1770
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001771/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1772/// specified type declaration.
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001773QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclType(TypeDecl *Decl, TypeDecl* PrevDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001774 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001775 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001776
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001777 if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001778 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001779 else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl)) {
1780 assert(false && "Template type parameter types are always available.");
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001781 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
1782 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001783 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001784
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001785 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001786 if (PrevDecl)
1787 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001788 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001789 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001790 } else if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001791 if (PrevDecl)
1792 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001793 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001794 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001795 } else if (UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
1796 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1797 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001798 } else
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001799 assert(false && "TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001800
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001801 if (!PrevDecl) Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001802 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001803}
1804
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001805/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1806/// specified typename decl.
1807QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(TypedefDecl *Decl) {
1808 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001809
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001810 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001811 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1812 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001813 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1814 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1815}
1816
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001817/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1818QualType
1819ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1820 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001821 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001822 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1823
1824 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1825 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1826 void *InsertPos = 0;
1827 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1828 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1829
1830 if (!SubstParm) {
1831 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1832 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1833 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1834 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1835 }
1836
1837 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1838}
1839
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001840/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001841/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001842/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001843QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001844 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001845 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1846 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001847 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001848 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001849 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001850 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1851
1852 if (TypeParm)
1853 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001854
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001855 if (Name) {
1856 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001857 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1858 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001859 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001860 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1861 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001862
1863 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1864 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1865
1866 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1867}
1868
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001869QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001870ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001871 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001872 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001873 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1874
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001875 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1876 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1877 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1878 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1879
1880 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, Canon);
1881}
1882
1883QualType
1884ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001885 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1886 unsigned NumArgs,
1887 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001888 if (!Canon.isNull())
1889 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1890 else {
1891 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001892 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1893 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1894 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1895 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1896 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1897
1898 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1899 // exists.
1900 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001901 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001902 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001903
1904 void *InsertPos = 0;
1905 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1906 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001907
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001908 if (!Spec) {
1909 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001910 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001911 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001912 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001913 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001914 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001915 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001916 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001917 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001918 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001919
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001920 if (Canon.isNull())
1921 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001922 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001923 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001924 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001925
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001926 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1927 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1928 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001929 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001930 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001931 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001932 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1933 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001934 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001935
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001936 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001938}
1939
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001940QualType
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001941ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001942 QualType NamedType) {
1943 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001944 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001945
1946 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001947 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001948 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1949 if (T)
1950 return QualType(T, 0);
1951
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001952 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType,
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001953 getCanonicalType(NamedType));
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001954 Types.push_back(T);
1955 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1956 return QualType(T, 0);
1957}
1958
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959QualType ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001960 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1961 QualType Canon) {
1962 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1963
1964 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1965 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1966 if (CanonNNS != NNS)
1967 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, Name);
1968 }
1969
1970 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1971 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
1972
1973 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001974 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001975 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1976 if (T)
1977 return QualType(T, 0);
1978
1979 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, Name, Canon);
1980 Types.push_back(T);
1981 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001982 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001983}
1984
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001985QualType
1986ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001987 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
1988 QualType Canon) {
1989 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1990
1991 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1992 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1993 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
1994 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
1995 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001996 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001997 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
1998 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
1999 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
2000 }
2001 }
2002
2003 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2004 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateId);
2005
2006 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002007 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002008 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2009 if (T)
2010 return QualType(T, 0);
2011
2012 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
2013 Types.push_back(T);
2014 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002016}
2017
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002018QualType
2019ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
2020 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
2021 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2022 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002023
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002024 void *InsertPos = 0;
2025 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2026 if (T)
2027 return QualType(T, 0);
2028
2029 QualType Canon = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType);
2030
2031 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
2032 Types.push_back(T);
2033 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2034 return QualType(T, 0);
2035}
2036
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002037/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2038/// alphabetically.
2039static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2040 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002041 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002042}
2043
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002044static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
2045 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2046 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2047
2048 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2049 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2050 return false;
2051 return true;
2052}
2053
2054static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002055 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2056 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002057
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002058 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2059 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2060
2061 // Remove duplicates.
2062 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2063 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2064}
2065
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002066/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2067/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002068QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002069 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002070 unsigned NumProtocols) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002071 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002072 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002073
2074 void *InsertPos = 0;
2075 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2076 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2077 return QualType(QT, 0);
2078
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002079 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2080 QualType Canonical;
2081 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
2082 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2083 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2084 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2085 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2086
2087 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2088 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2089
2090 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2091 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2092 } else {
2093 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2094 Protocols, NumProtocols);
2095 }
2096
2097 // Regenerate InsertPos.
2098 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2099 }
2100
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002101 // No Match;
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002102 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002103 ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002104
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002105 Types.push_back(QType);
2106 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
2107 return QualType(QType, 0);
2108}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002109
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002110/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2111/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2112QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002113 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002114 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002115 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002117 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002118 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2119 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002120 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002121
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002122 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2123 QualType Canonical;
2124 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2125 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2126 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2127
2128 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2129 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2130
2131 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2132
2133 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2134 }
2135
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002136 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002137 ObjCInterfaceType(Canonical, const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002138 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002139
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002140 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002141 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002142 return QualType(QType, 0);
2143}
2144
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002145/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2146/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002147/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002149/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002150QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002151 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002152 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2153 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2154 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002155
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002156 void *InsertPos = 0;
2157 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2158 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2159 if (Canon) {
2160 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2161 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002162 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002163 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2164 }
2165 else {
2166 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002167 Canon
2168 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002169 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2170 toe = Canon;
2171 }
2172 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002173 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002174 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002175 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002176 Types.push_back(toe);
2177 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002178}
2179
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002180/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2181/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2182/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002183/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002184/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002185QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002186 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002187 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002188 Types.push_back(tot);
2189 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002190}
2191
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002192/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2193/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2194static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002195 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2196 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002197
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002198 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2199 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2200 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2201 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2202 return VD->getType();
2203 }
2204 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2205 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2206 return FD->getType();
2207 }
2208 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2209 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2210 // return type of that function.
2211 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2212 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002213
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002214 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002215
2216 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002217 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2218 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2219 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002221 return T;
2222}
2223
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002224/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2225/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2226/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002227/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002228/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2229QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002230 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002231 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2232 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2233 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002235 void *InsertPos = 0;
2236 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2237 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2238 if (Canon) {
2239 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2240 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002241 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002242 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2243 }
2244 else {
2245 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002246 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002247 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2248 dt = Canon;
2249 }
2250 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002251 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002252 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002253 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002254 Types.push_back(dt);
2255 return QualType(dt, 0);
2256}
2257
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002258/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2259/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002260QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002261 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002262 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2263 // away const? mutable?
2264 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002265}
2266
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2268/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2269/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002270QualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002271 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002272}
2273
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002274/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2275/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2276QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2277 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2278 return WCharTy;
2279}
2280
2281/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2282/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2283QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2284 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2285 return UnsignedIntTy;
2286}
2287
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002288/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2289/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2290QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002291 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002292}
2293
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002294//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2295// Type Operators
2296//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2297
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002298CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2299 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2300 // qualifiers.
2301 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2302 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2303
2304 QualType Result;
2305 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2306 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2307 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2308 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2309 } else {
2310 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2311 }
2312
2313 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2314}
2315
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002316/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2317/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2318/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2319/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2320/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2321/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002322CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002323 QualifierCollector Quals;
2324 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2325 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002326
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002327 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2328 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2329
2330 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2331 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002332 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002333
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002334 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2335 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2336 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002337 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2338 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002339 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002340
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002341 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2342 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002343 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002344 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002345
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002346 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002347 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2348 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2349 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002350 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002351 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002352 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2353 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002354 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002355
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002356 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002357 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2358 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002359 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2360 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002361 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002362 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002363 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002364
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002365 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002366 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002367 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2368 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002369 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002370 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002371 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002372}
2373
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002374DeclarationName ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2375 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
2376 return TD->getDeclName();
2377
2378 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
2379 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
2380 return DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2381 } else {
2382 return DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2383 }
2384 }
2385
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002386 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2387 assert(Storage);
2388 return (*Storage->begin())->getDeclName();
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002389}
2390
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002391TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2392 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2393 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2394 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002395 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002396
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002397 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002398
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002399 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2400 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2401 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2402}
2403
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002404bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2405 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2406 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2407 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2408}
2409
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002410TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002411ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2412 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2413 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2414 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002415
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002416 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002417 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002418
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002419 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002420 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002421
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002422 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2423 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2424
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002425 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002426 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002427 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002428
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002429 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002430 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002431
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002432 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2433 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2434 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2435 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002436 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002437 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2438 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2439 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002440
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002441 TemplateArgument Result;
2442 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2443 return Result;
2444 }
2445 }
2446
2447 // Silence GCC warning
2448 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2449 return TemplateArgument();
2450}
2451
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002452NestedNameSpecifier *
2453ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002454 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002455 return 0;
2456
2457 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2458 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2459 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002460 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002461 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2462 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2463
2464 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2465 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2466 // this namespace and no prefix.
2467 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2468
2469 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2470 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2471 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2473 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002474 T.getTypePtr());
2475 }
2476
2477 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2478 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2479 return NNS;
2480 }
2481
2482 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2483 return 0;
2484}
2485
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002486
2487const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2488 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002489 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002490 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2491 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2492 return AT;
2493 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002494
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002495 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002496 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002497 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002498 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002499
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002500 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002501 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2502 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002503
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002504 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2505 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002506 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002507
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002508 QualifierCollector Qs;
2509 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002510
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002511 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2512 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002513 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002514 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002515
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002516 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2517 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2518 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2519 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002520 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002521
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002522 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2523 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2524 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002525 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002526 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2527 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2528 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002529 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002530
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002531 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002532 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2533 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002534 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002535 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2536 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002537 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002538 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002539 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002540
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002541 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002542 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002543 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002544 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002545 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002546 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002547 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002548}
2549
2550
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002551/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2552/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2553/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2554/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2555///
2556/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2557QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002558 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2559 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2560 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2561 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2562 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2563 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002564
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002565 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002566
2567 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002568 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002569}
2570
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002571QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002572 QualifierCollector Qs;
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002573 while (true) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002574 const Type *UT = Qs.strip(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002575 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(UT,0))) {
2576 QT = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00002577 } else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002578 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002579 }
2580 }
2581}
2582
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002583QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2584 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002585
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002586 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2587 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002588
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002589 return ElemTy;
2590}
2591
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002592/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002593uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002594ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2595 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2596 do {
2597 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2598 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2599 } while (CA);
2600 return ElementCount;
2601}
2602
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002603/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2604/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002605static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002606 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002607 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002608
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002609 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2610 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002611 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002612 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2613 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2614 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2615 }
2616}
2617
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002618/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2619/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002620/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2621/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002622QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2623 QualType Domain) const {
2624 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2625 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2626 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002627 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002628 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2629 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2630 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2631 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002632 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002633
2634 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2635 switch (EltRank) {
2636 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2637 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2638 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2639 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002640 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002641}
2642
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002643/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2644/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2645/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002646/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002647int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2648 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2649 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002650
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002651 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002652 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002653 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002654 return 1;
2655 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002656}
2657
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002658/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2659/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2660/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002661unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002662 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002663 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
2664 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
2665
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002666 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2667 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2668
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002669 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2670 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2671
2672 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2673 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2674
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002675 // There are two things which impact the integer rank: the width, and
2676 // the ordering of builtins. The builtin ordering is encoded in the
2677 // bottom three bits; the width is encoded in the bits above that.
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +00002678 if (FixedWidthIntType* FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T))
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002679 return FWIT->getWidth() << 3;
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002680
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002681 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002682 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2683 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002684 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002685 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2686 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2687 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2688 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002689 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002690 case BuiltinType::Short:
2691 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002692 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002693 case BuiltinType::Int:
2694 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002695 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002696 case BuiltinType::Long:
2697 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002698 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002699 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2700 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002701 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002702 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2703 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2704 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002705 }
2706}
2707
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002708/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2709/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2710///
2711/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2712/// promotion occurs.
2713QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2714 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2715 if (!Field)
2716 return QualType();
2717
2718 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2719
2720 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2721 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2722 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2723 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2724 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2725 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2726 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2727 return IntTy;
2728
2729 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2730 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2731
2732 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2733 // like the base type.
2734 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2735 // is ridiculous.
2736 return QualType();
2737}
2738
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002739/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2740/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2741/// integer type.
2742QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2743 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2744 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
2745 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2746 return IntTy;
2747 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2748 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2749 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2750 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2751}
2752
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002753/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002754/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002756int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002757 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2758 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002759 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002761 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2762 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002763
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002764 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2765 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002766
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002767 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2768 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2769 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2770 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002771
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002772 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2773 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2774 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2775 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2776 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002777
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002778 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2779 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002780 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002781 return -1;
2782 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002783
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002784 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2785 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2786 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002788 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2789 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002790 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002791 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002792}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002793
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002794static RecordDecl *
2795CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2796 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2797 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2798 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2799 else
2800 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2801}
2802
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002803// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002804QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2805 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002806 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002807 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2808 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
2809
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002810 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002811
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002812 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002813 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002814 // int flags;
2815 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002816 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002817 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002818 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002819 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2820
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002821 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002822 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002823 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002824 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002825 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002826 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002827 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002828 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002829 }
2830
2831 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002832 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002833
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002834 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002835}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002836
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002837void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002838 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002839 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2840 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2841}
2842
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002843QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002844 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002845 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002846 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2847 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002848
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002849 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2850 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002851 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002852 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2853 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2854 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2855 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002856
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002857 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002858 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2859 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2860 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002861 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002862 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002863 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002864 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002865 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002866
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002867 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002868 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002869
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002870 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2871}
2872
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002873QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2874 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2875 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2876
2877 RecordDecl *T;
2878 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002879 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2880 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002881
2882 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2883 UnsignedLongTy,
2884 UnsignedLongTy,
2885 };
2886
2887 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2888 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002889 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002890 };
2891
2892 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2893 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2894 T,
2895 SourceLocation(),
2896 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002897 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002898 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2899 /*Mutable=*/false);
2900 T->addDecl(Field);
2901 }
2902
2903 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2904
2905 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2906
2907 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2908}
2909
2910void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2911 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2912 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2913 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2914}
2915
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002916QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2917 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2918 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2919
2920 RecordDecl *T;
2921 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002922 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2923 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002924
2925 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2926 UnsignedLongTy,
2927 UnsignedLongTy,
2928 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2929 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2930 };
2931
2932 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2933 "reserved",
2934 "Size",
2935 "CopyFuncPtr",
2936 "DestroyFuncPtr"
2937 };
2938
2939 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
2940 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2941 T,
2942 SourceLocation(),
2943 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002944 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002945 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2946 /*Mutable=*/false);
2947 T->addDecl(Field);
2948 }
2949
2950 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2951
2952 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
2953
2954 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2955}
2956
2957void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
2958 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2959 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2960 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
2961}
2962
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002963bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
2964 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
2965 return true;
2966 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
2967 return true;
2968 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2969 return true;
2970 return false;
2971}
2972
2973QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
2974 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002975 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002976 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002977 // unsigned int __flags;
2978 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00002979 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
2980 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002981 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00002982 // } *
2983
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002984 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
2985
2986 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00002987 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00002988 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
2989 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
2990 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002991 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002992 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2993 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00002994 T->startDefinition();
2995 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
2996 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
2997 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2998 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2999 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3000 Int32Ty,
3001 Int32Ty,
3002 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3003 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3004 Ty
3005 };
3006
3007 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3008 "__isa",
3009 "__forwarding",
3010 "__flags",
3011 "__size",
3012 "__copy_helper",
3013 "__destroy_helper",
3014 DeclName,
3015 };
3016
3017 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3018 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3019 continue;
3020 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3021 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003022 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003023 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3024 T->addDecl(Field);
3025 }
3026
3027 T->completeDefinition(*this);
3028
3029 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003030}
3031
3032
3033QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003034 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003035 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003036 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003037 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003038 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3039 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3040 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003041 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003042 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3043 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003044 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3045 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3046 IntTy,
3047 IntTy,
3048 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003049 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3050 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3051 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003052 };
3053
3054 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3055 "__isa",
3056 "__flags",
3057 "__reserved",
3058 "__FuncPtr",
3059 "__descriptor"
3060 };
3061
3062 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003063 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003064 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003065 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003066 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3067 T->addDecl(Field);
3068 }
3069
3070 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
3071 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
3072 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
3073 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
3074 if (BDRE) {
3075 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3076 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
3077 }
3078 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3079
3080 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003081 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
3082 FieldType);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003083
3084 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003085 Name, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003086 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003087 T->addDecl(Field);
3088 }
3089
3090 T->completeDefinition(*this);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003091
3092 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003093}
3094
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003095void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003096 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003097 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3098 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3099}
3100
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003101// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3102// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003103static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003104 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003105 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3106 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003107
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003108 return false;
3109}
3110
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003111/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003112/// purpose.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003113int ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003114 uint64_t sz = getTypeSize(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003115
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003116 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
3117 if (sz > 0 && type->isIntegralType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003118 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSize(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003119 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3120 else if (type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003121 sz = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
3122 return sz / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003123}
3124
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003125/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
3126/// declaration.
3127void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3128 std::string& S) {
3129 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3130 QualType BlockTy =
3131 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3132 // Encode result type.
3133 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3134 // Compute size of all parameters.
3135 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3136 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3137 SourceLocation Loc;
3138 int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy);
3139 int ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3140 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3141 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3142 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3143 int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3144 assert (sz > 0 && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
3145 ParmOffset += sz;
3146 }
3147 // Size of the argument frame
3148 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3149 // Block pointer and offset.
3150 S += "@?0";
3151 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3152
3153 // Argument types.
3154 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3155 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3156 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3157 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3158 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3159 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3160 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3161 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3162 // elements.
3163 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3164 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3165 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3166 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3167 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3168 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3169 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3170 }
3171}
3172
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003173/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003174/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003175void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003176 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003177 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003178 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003179 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003180 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003181 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003182 // Compute size of all parameters.
3183 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3184 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3185 SourceLocation Loc;
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003186 int PtrSize = getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy) / getTypeSize(CharTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003187 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3188 // their size.
3189 int ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003190 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3191 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3192 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3193 int sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003194 assert (sz > 0 && "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003195 ParmOffset += sz;
3196 }
3197 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
3198 S += "@0:";
3199 S += llvm::utostr(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003200
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003201 // Argument types.
3202 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003203 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3204 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3205 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003206 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003207 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003208 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3209 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3210 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003211 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003212 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3213 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3214 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003215 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003216 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003217 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003218 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003219 S += llvm::utostr(ParmOffset);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003220 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003221 }
3222}
3223
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003224/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003225/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003226/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3227/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003228/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3229/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3230/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3231/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3232/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003233/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3234/// @code
3235/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3236/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3237/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3238/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3239/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3240/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3241/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3242/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3243/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3244/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3245/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3246/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3247/// };
3248/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003249void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003250 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003251 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003252 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3253 bool Dynamic = false;
3254 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3255
3256 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3257 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003258 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003259 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3260 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003261 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003262 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003263 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3264 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3265 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3266 Dynamic = true;
3267 } else {
3268 SynthesizePID = PID;
3269 }
3270 }
3271 }
3272 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003273 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003274 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003275 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003276 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003277 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3278 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3279 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3280 Dynamic = true;
3281 } else {
3282 SynthesizePID = PID;
3283 }
3284 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003285 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003286 }
3287 }
3288
3289 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3290 S = "T";
3291
3292 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003293 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3294 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003295 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003296 true /* outermost type */,
3297 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003298
3299 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3300 S += ",R";
3301 } else {
3302 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3303 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3304 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003305 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003306 }
3307 }
3308
3309 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3310 // are "dynamic by default".
3311 if (Dynamic)
3312 S += ",D";
3313
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003314 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3315 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003316
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003317 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3318 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003319 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003320 }
3321
3322 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3323 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003324 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003325 }
3326
3327 if (SynthesizePID) {
3328 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3329 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003330 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003331 }
3332
3333 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3334}
3335
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003336/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003337/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3338/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003339/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3340///
3341void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003342 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003343 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003344 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3345 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003346 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003347 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003348 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3349 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003350 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3351 }
3352 }
3353}
3354
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003355void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003356 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003357 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3358 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3359 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3360 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003361 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003362 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003363}
3364
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003365static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003366 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003367 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3368 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3369 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003370 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003371 S += 'b';
3372 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3373}
3374
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003375// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003376void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3377 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3378 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003379 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003380 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003381 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003382 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003383 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3384 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3385 char encoding;
3386 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003387 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003388 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3389 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3390 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3391 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3392 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3393 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003394 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3395 encoding =
3396 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003397 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003398 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3399 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3400 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3401 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3402 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3403 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003404 case BuiltinType::Long:
3405 encoding =
3406 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003407 break;
3408 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3409 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3410 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3411 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3412 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003413 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003414
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003415 S += encoding;
3416 return;
3417 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003419 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003420 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003421 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003422 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003423 return;
3424 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003425
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003426 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003427 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3428 S += ':';
3429 return;
3430 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003431 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003432
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003433 bool isReadOnly = false;
3434 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3435 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3436 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003437 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003438 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003439 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3440 isReadOnly = true;
3441 S += 'r';
3442 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003443 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003444 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003445 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3446 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003447 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3448 isReadOnly = true;
3449 S += 'r';
3450 }
3451 }
3452 if (isReadOnly) {
3453 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3454 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3455 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
3456 const char * s = S.c_str();
3457 int len = S.length();
3458 if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') {
3459 std::string replace = "rn";
3460 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace);
3461 }
3462 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003463
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003464 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3465 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3466 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003467 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003468 S += '*';
3469 return;
3470 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003471 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003472 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3473 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3474 S += '#';
3475 return;
3476 }
3477 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3478 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3479 S += '@';
3480 return;
3481 }
3482 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003483 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003484 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003485 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3486
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003487 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003488 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003489 return;
3490 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003491
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003492 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3493 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3494 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003495 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3496 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3497 S += '^';
3498
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003499 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003500 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3501 } else {
3502 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003503
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003504 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3505 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3506 else {
3507 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3508 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3509 S += '0';
3510 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003511
3512 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003513 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3514 S += ']';
3515 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003516 return;
3517 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003518
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003519 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003520 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003521 return;
3522 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003523
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003524 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003525 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003526 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003527 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3528 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3529 S += II->getName();
3530 } else {
3531 S += '?';
3532 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003533 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003534 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003535 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3536 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003537 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003538 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003539 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003540 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003541 S += '"';
3542 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003543
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003544 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003545 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003546 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003547 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003548 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003549 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3550 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003551 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003552 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003553 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003554 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003555 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003556 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003557 return;
3558 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003559
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003560 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003561 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3562 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3563 else
3564 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003565 return;
3566 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003567
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003568 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003569 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003570 return;
3571 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003572
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003573 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003574 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003575 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003576 S += '{';
3577 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3578 S += II->getName();
3579 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003580 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003581 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003582 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003583 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003584 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003585 RecFields[i]);
3586 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003587 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003588 FD);
3589 }
3590 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003591 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003592 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003593
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003594 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003595 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3596 S += '@';
3597 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003598 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003599
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003600 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3601 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3602 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3603 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003604 S += '#';
3605 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003606 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003607
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003608 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003609 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003610 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3611 ExpandStructures, FD);
3612 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3613 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3614 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003615 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003616 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3617 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003618 S += '<';
3619 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3620 S += '>';
3621 }
3622 S += '"';
3623 }
3624 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003625 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003626
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003627 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3628 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3629 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3630 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003631 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003632 // {...};
3633 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003634 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3635 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003636 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003637 return;
3638 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003639
3640 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003641 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003642 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003643 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003644 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3645 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003646 S += '<';
3647 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3648 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003649 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003650 S += '"';
3651 }
3652 return;
3653 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003654
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003655 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003656}
3657
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003658void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003659 std::string& S) const {
3660 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3661 S += 'n';
3662 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3663 S += 'N';
3664 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3665 S += 'o';
3666 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3667 S += 'O';
3668 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3669 S += 'R';
3670 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3671 S += 'V';
3672}
3673
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003674void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003675 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003676
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003677 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3678}
3679
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003680void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003681 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003682}
3683
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003684void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003685 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003686}
3687
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003688void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003689 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003690}
3691
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003692void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003693 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003694}
3695
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003696void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003697 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003698 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003699
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003700 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003701}
3702
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003703/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3704/// lookup.
3705TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(NamedDecl * const *Begin,
3706 NamedDecl * const *End) {
3707 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3708 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3709
3710 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
3711 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
3712 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
3713
3714 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
3715 for (NamedDecl * const *I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
3716 NamedDecl *D = *I;
3717 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
3718 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
3719 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
3720 *Storage++ = D;
3721 }
3722
3723 return TemplateName(OT);
3724}
3725
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003726/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3727/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003728TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003729 bool TemplateKeyword,
3730 TemplateDecl *Template) {
3731 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3732 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3733
3734 void *InsertPos = 0;
3735 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3736 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3737 if (!QTN) {
3738 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3739 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3740 }
3741
3742 return TemplateName(QTN);
3743}
3744
3745/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3746/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003747TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003748 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003749 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003750 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003751
3752 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3753 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3754
3755 void *InsertPos = 0;
3756 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3757 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3758
3759 if (QTN)
3760 return TemplateName(QTN);
3761
3762 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3763 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3764 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3765 } else {
3766 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3767 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
3768 }
3769
3770 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3771 return TemplateName(QTN);
3772}
3773
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003774/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3775/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3776TemplateName
3777ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3778 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3779 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3780 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3781
3782 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3783 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3784
3785 void *InsertPos = 0;
3786 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3787 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3788
3789 if (QTN)
3790 return TemplateName(QTN);
3791
3792 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3793 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3794 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3795 } else {
3796 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3797 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
3798 }
3799
3800 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3801 return TemplateName(QTN);
3802}
3803
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003804/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003805/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3806/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003807CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003808 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003809 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003810 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3811 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3812 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3813 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3814 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3815 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3816 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3817 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3818 }
3819
3820 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003821 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003822}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003823
3824//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3825// Type Predicates.
3826//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3827
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003828/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3829/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3830/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003831/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003832///
3833bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3834 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3835 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003836 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003837 return true;
3838 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003839 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003840}
3841
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003842/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3843/// garbage collection attribute.
3844///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003845Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3846 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003847 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3848 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003849 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003850 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003851 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003852 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003853 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003854 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003855 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003856 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003857 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003858 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003859 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3860 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003861 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003862 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003863 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003864 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003865}
3866
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003867//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3868// Type Compatibility Testing
3869//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003870
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003871/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003872/// compatible.
3873static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3874 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003875 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003876 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003877 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003878}
3879
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003880//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3881// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3882//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3883
3884/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3885/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003886bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3887 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003888 if (lProto == rProto)
3889 return true;
3890 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3891 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3892 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3893 return true;
3894 return false;
3895}
3896
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003897/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3898/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3899/// otherwise.
3900bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3901 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3902 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3903 return false;
3904}
3905
3906/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3907/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3908bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3909 bool compare) {
3910 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003911 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003912 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3913 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003914 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003915 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
3916 return true;
3917
3918 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003919 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003920
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003921 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003922
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003923 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003924 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003925 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3926 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3927 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3928 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3929 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3930 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3931 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003932 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003933 return false;
3934 }
3935 }
3936 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
3937 return true;
3938 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003939 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003940 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3941 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3942 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
3943 bool match = false;
3944
3945 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3946 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3947 // through its super class and categories.
3948 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
3949 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
3950 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
3951 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
3952 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
3953 match = true;
3954 break;
3955 }
3956 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003957 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003958 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3959 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3960 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3961 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3962 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3963 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3964 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003965 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003966 match = true;
3967 break;
3968 }
3969 }
3970 }
3971 if (!match)
3972 return false;
3973 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003974
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003975 return true;
3976 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003977
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003978 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
3979 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
3980
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003981 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003982 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
3983 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
3984 bool match = false;
3985 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3986 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
3987 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3988 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3989 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3990 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003991 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003992 match = true;
3993 break;
3994 }
3995 }
3996 if (!match)
3997 return false;
3998 }
3999 return true;
4000 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004001 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004002 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4003 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4004 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4005 bool match = false;
4006
4007 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4008 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4009 // through its super class and categories.
4010 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4011 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4012 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4013 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4014 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4015 match = true;
4016 break;
4017 }
4018 }
4019 if (!match)
4020 return false;
4021 }
4022 return true;
4023 }
4024 return false;
4025}
4026
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004027/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004028/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4029/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4030///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004031bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4032 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004033 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
4034 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004035 return true;
4036
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004037 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004038 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4039 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004040 false);
4041
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004042 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4043 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004044 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
4045 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004046
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004047 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004048}
4049
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004050/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4051/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4052/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4053/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4054static
4055void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4056 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4057 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4058 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4059
4060 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4061 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4062
4063 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4064 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4065 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4066 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4067 else {
4068 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4069 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getDecl(), LHSInheritedProtocols);
4070 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4071 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4072 }
4073
4074 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4075 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
4076 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = (ObjCProtocolDecl **)RHS->qual_begin();
4077 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4078 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4079 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4080 }
4081 else {
4082 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
4083 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getDecl(), RHSInheritedProtocols);
4084 // FIXME. This may cause duplication of protocols in the list, but should
4085 // be harmless.
4086 for (unsigned i = 0, len = RHSInheritedProtocols.size(); i < len; ++i)
4087 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]))
4088 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]);
4089 }
4090}
4091
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004092/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4093/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4094/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4095/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4096QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
4097 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4098 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
4099 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4100 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4101 if (!LHS || !RHS)
4102 return QualType();
4103
4104 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
4105 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
4106 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004107 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
4108 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> IntersectionOfProtocols;
4109 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this,
4110 LHSOPT, RHSOPT, IntersectionOfProtocols);
4111 if (IntersectionOfProtocols.empty())
4112 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
4113 else
4114 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy, &IntersectionOfProtocols[0],
4115 IntersectionOfProtocols.size());
4116 return LHSTy;
4117 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004118 }
4119
4120 return QualType();
4121}
4122
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004123bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
4124 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004125 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4126 // the LHS.
4127 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4128 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004129
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004130 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4131 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004132 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004133 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004134
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004135 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4136 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004137 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004138 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004139
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004140 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4141 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004142 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4143 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4144
4145 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4146 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004147 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004148 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004149 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4150 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004151 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004152 break;
4153 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004154 }
4155 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4156 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4157 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004158 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004159 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4160 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004161}
4162
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004163bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4164 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004165 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4166 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004167
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004168 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004169 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004170
4171 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4172 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004173}
4174
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004175/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004176/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004177/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004178/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004179bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4180 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4181}
4182
4183QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004184 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4185 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004186 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4187 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004188 bool allLTypes = true;
4189 bool allRTypes = true;
4190
4191 // Check return type
4192 QualType retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
4193 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004194 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
4195 allLTypes = false;
4196 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
4197 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00004198 // FIXME: double check this
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004199 bool NoReturn = lbase->getNoReturnAttr() || rbase->getNoReturnAttr();
4200 if (NoReturn != lbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4201 allLTypes = false;
4202 if (NoReturn != rbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4203 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004204
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004205 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004206 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4207 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004208 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4209 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4210
4211 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4212 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4213 return QualType();
4214
4215 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4216 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4217 return QualType();
4218
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004219 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4220 return QualType();
4221
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004222 // Check argument compatibility
4223 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4224 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4225 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4226 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4227 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype);
4228 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4229 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004230 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4231 allLTypes = false;
4232 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4233 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004234 }
4235 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4236 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4237 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004238 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
4239 NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004240 }
4241
4242 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4243 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4244
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004245 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004246 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004247 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004248 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4249 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4250 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4251 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4252 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4253 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4254 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4255 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4256 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
4257 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4258 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4259 return QualType();
4260 }
4261
4262 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4263 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4264 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004265 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
4266 proto->getTypeQuals(), NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004267 }
4268
4269 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4270 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004271 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, NoReturn);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004272}
4273
4274QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004275 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4276 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4277 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004278 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4279 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004280 // FIXME: C++ shouldn't be going through here! The rules are different
4281 // enough that they should be handled separately.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004282 // FIXME: Merging of lvalue and rvalue references is incorrect. C++ *really*
4283 // shouldn't be going through here!
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004284 if (const ReferenceType *RT = LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004285 LHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004286 if (const ReferenceType *RT = RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004287 RHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerf3692dc2008-04-07 05:37:56 +00004288
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004289 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4290 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4291
4292 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4293 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4294 return LHS;
4295
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004296 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004297 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4298 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004299 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4300 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4301 // mismatch.
4302 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4303 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4304 return QualType();
4305
4306 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4307 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4308 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4309 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4310 // qualified __strong.
4311 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4312 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4313 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4314
4315 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4316 return QualType();
4317
4318 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4319 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4320 }
4321 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4322 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4323 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004324 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004325 }
4326
4327 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004328
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004329 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4330 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004331
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004332 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4333 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4334 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4335 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004336
4337 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004338 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4339 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4340 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4341 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004342
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004343 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4344 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4345 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004346
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004347 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004348 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004349 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004350 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004351 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004352 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4353 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004354 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004355 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004356 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4357 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004358 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004359
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004360 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004361 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004362
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004363 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004364 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004365#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4366#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4367#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4368#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4369#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4370 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4371 return QualType();
4372
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004373 case Type::LValueReference:
4374 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004375 case Type::MemberPointer:
4376 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4377 return QualType();
4378
4379 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4380 case Type::VariableArray:
4381 case Type::FunctionProto:
4382 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004383 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4384 return QualType();
4385
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004386 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004387 {
4388 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004389 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4390 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004391 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4392 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004393 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004394 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004395 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004396 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004397 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4398 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004399 case Type::BlockPointer:
4400 {
4401 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004402 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4403 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004404 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4405 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4406 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4407 return LHS;
4408 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4409 return RHS;
4410 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4411 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004412 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004413 {
4414 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4415 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4416 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4417 return QualType();
4418
4419 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4420 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4421 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4422 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004423 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4424 return LHS;
4425 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4426 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004427 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4428 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4429 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4430 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004431 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4432 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004433 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4434 return LHS;
4435 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4436 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004437 if (LVAT) {
4438 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4439 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4440 // has to be different.
4441 return LHS;
4442 }
4443 if (RVAT) {
4444 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4445 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4446 // has to be different.
4447 return RHS;
4448 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004449 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4450 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004451 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4452 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004453 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004454 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004455 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004456 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004457 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004458 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004459 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004460 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004461 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004462 case Type::Complex:
4463 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4464 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004465 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004466 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004467 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHS->getAs<VectorType>(), RHS->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004468 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004469 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004470 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004471 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004472 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4473 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004474 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4475 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004476 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4477 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4478 return LHS;
4479
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004480 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004481 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004482 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004483 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4484 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004485 return LHS;
4486
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004487 return QualType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004488 }
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004489 case Type::FixedWidthInt:
4490 // Distinct fixed-width integers are not compatible.
4491 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004492 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
4493 assert(false && "Dependent types have no size");
4494 break;
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004495 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004496
4497 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004498}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004499
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004500//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004501// Integer Predicates
4502//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004503
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004504unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004505 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004506 return 1;
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004507 if (FixedWidthIntType *FWIT = dyn_cast<FixedWidthIntType>(T)) {
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004508 return FWIT->getWidth();
4509 }
4510 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004511 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4512}
4513
4514QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4515 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004516
4517 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4518 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4519 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
4520 VTy->getNumElements());
4521
4522 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4523 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004524 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004525
4526 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4527 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004528 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4529 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4530 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4531 return UnsignedCharTy;
4532 case BuiltinType::Short:
4533 return UnsignedShortTy;
4534 case BuiltinType::Int:
4535 return UnsignedIntTy;
4536 case BuiltinType::Long:
4537 return UnsignedLongTy;
4538 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4539 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004540 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4541 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004542 default:
4543 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4544 return QualType();
4545 }
4546}
4547
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004548ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4549
4550void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004551
4552
4553//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4554// Builtin Type Computation
4555//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4556
4557/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4558/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004559static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004560 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4561 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4562 // Modifiers.
4563 int HowLong = 0;
4564 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004565
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004566 // Read the modifiers first.
4567 bool Done = false;
4568 while (!Done) {
4569 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004570 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004571 case 'S':
4572 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4573 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4574 Signed = true;
4575 break;
4576 case 'U':
4577 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4578 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4579 Unsigned = true;
4580 break;
4581 case 'L':
4582 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4583 ++HowLong;
4584 break;
4585 }
4586 }
4587
4588 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004589
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004590 // Read the base type.
4591 switch (*Str++) {
4592 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4593 case 'v':
4594 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4595 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4596 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4597 break;
4598 case 'f':
4599 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4600 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4601 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4602 break;
4603 case 'd':
4604 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4605 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4606 if (HowLong)
4607 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4608 else
4609 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4610 break;
4611 case 's':
4612 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4613 if (Unsigned)
4614 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4615 else
4616 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4617 break;
4618 case 'i':
4619 if (HowLong == 3)
4620 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4621 else if (HowLong == 2)
4622 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4623 else if (HowLong == 1)
4624 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4625 else
4626 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4627 break;
4628 case 'c':
4629 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4630 if (Signed)
4631 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4632 else if (Unsigned)
4633 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4634 else
4635 Type = Context.CharTy;
4636 break;
4637 case 'b': // boolean
4638 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4639 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4640 break;
4641 case 'z': // size_t.
4642 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4643 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4644 break;
4645 case 'F':
4646 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4647 break;
4648 case 'a':
4649 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4650 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4651 break;
4652 case 'A':
4653 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4654 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4655 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4656 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4657 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4658 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4659 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4660 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4661 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4662 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4663 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4664 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4665 } else {
4666 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4667 }
4668 break;
4669 case 'V': {
4670 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004671 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4672 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004673
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004674 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004675
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004676 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4677 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
4678 break;
4679 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004680 case 'X': {
4681 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4682 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4683 break;
4684 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004685 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004686 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4687 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004688 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004689 return QualType();
4690 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004691 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004692 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004693 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004694 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004695 else
4696 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4697
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004698 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004699 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004700 return QualType();
4701 }
4702 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004703 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004704
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004705 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4706 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004707
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004708 Done = false;
4709 while (!Done) {
4710 switch (*Str++) {
4711 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4712 case '*':
4713 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4714 break;
4715 case '&':
4716 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4717 break;
4718 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4719 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004720 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004721 break;
4722 }
4723 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004724
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004725 return Type;
4726}
4727
4728/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4729QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4730 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4731 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004732
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004733 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004734
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004735 Error = GE_None;
4736 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4737 if (Error != GE_None)
4738 return QualType();
4739 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4740 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4741 if (Error != GE_None)
4742 return QualType();
4743
4744 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4745 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4746 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004747
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004748 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4749 }
4750
4751 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4752 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4753
4754 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4755 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4756 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
4757 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
4758 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0);
4759}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004760
4761QualType
4762ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4763 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4764 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4765 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4766 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4767 // equivalent.
4768 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4769 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4770 else
4771 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4772 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4773 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4774 else
4775 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4776
4777 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4778 if (lhs == rhs)
4779 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004780
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004781 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4782 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4783 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4784 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004785
4786 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4787
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004788 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4789 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4790 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004791 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004792 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4793 return lhs;
4794 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004795 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004796 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4797 return rhs;
4798 }
4799 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004800 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4801 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4802 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4803 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004804 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004805 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004806 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004807 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004808 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4809 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004810
4811 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004812 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004813 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004814 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004815 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004816 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4817 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4818 // does not require this promotion.
4819 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4820 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4821 return rhs;
4822 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4823 return lhs;
4824 }
4825 }
4826 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
4827 }
4828 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
4829 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
4830 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
4831 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4832 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
4833 return lhs;
4834 }
4835 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4836 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
4837 return getComplexType(lhs);
4838 }
4839 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4840 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
4841 return rhs;
4842 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004843 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004844 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
4845 return getComplexType(rhs);
4846 }
4847 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
4848 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
4849 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4850 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
4851 return lhs;
4852 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
4853 return rhs; // convert the lhs
4854 }
4855 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4856 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
4857 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4858 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4859
4860 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004861 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004862 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
4863 return lhs; // convert the rhs
4864 return rhs;
4865 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4866 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4867 return lhs;
4868 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4869 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4870 return rhs;
4871 }
4872 }
4873 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
4874 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
4875 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4876 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
4877 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
4878 QualType destType;
4879 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
4880 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
4881 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
4882 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
4883 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
4884 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
4885 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
4886 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
4887 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
4888 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
4889 // use the signed type.
4890 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
4891 } else {
4892 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
4893 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
4894 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
4895 // to the signed type.
4896 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
4897 }
4898 return destType;
4899}